blob: 676be727873cea5bb0ec6946355048861b6ff8ce [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000044 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000045 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
46 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000047 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000050 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
51 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000052 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000055 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000056}
57
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000058ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000059 if (FreeMemory) {
60 // Deallocate all the types.
61 while (!Types.empty()) {
62 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
63 Types.pop_back();
64 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000065
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000066 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
67 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
68 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000069 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000070 }
71 }
72
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000073 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
74 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
75 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
76 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
77 delete R;
78 }
79
80 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
81 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
83 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000086 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000092 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000095 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
274 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
275 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
277 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
279 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
280}
281
282UsingShadowDecl *
283ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
287 return 0;
288
289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void
293ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
294 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
295 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
296 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000297}
298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
300 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
301 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
302 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
303 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000305 return Pos->second;
306}
307
308void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
309 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
310 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
311 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
312 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
313 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
316}
317
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000318namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000320 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
321 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 public:
324 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
327 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
328 }
329 };
330}
331
332/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
333///
334/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
335///
336/// \param End the end of the comment text.
337///
338/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
339/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
340/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000341static bool
342isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000343 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
346 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
347 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000348
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000349 if (End - Start < 4)
350 return false;
351
352 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
353 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
354 return false;
355 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
356 return false;
357
358 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
359}
360
361/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000363const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
364 if (!D)
365 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000366
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000367 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
368 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000369 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000370 = DeclComments.find(D);
371 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
372 return Pos->second.c_str();
373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000375 // that source, do so now.
376 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
377 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
378 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000380 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
381 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
382 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 LoadedExternalComments = true;
385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
387 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 if (Comments.empty())
389 return 0;
390
391 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
392 // can't find the comment.
393 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
394 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
395 return 0;
396
397 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
398 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
401 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
404 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000406 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000408 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
411 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
412 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
413 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
416 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
417 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000419 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
420 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
421 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
422 // is the comment we want.
423 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
425 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
427 return Result.c_str();
428 }
429 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000431 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
432 return 0;
433 --LastComment;
434
435 // Decompose the end of the comment.
436 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
437 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
440 // aren't related.
441 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
442 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000444 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
445 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
446 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000448 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
449 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
452 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000456 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
457 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
458 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
459 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000461 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
462 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
463 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000465 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
466 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
467 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
468 // Look at the previous comment
469 --FirstComment;
470 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
471 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
474 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
475 ++FirstComment;
476 break;
477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000479 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
480 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
481 ++FirstComment;
482 break;
483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000485 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
486 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
487 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
488 ++FirstComment;
489 break;
490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000492 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000494 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000497 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
498 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
499 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
500 // all of these comments.
501 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
502 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
503 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
504 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
505 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
506 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
507 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
508 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
509 ++FirstComment;
510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000512 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
514 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000515 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
516 return Result.c_str();
517}
518
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
520// Type Sizing and Analysis
521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000522
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000523/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
524/// scalar floating point type.
525const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000526 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000527 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
528 switch (BT->getKind()) {
529 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
530 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
531 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
532 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
533 }
534}
535
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000536/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000537/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
538/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000539/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
540/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000541CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
543
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000544 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000545 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000546
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000547 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
548 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000549 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000550 if (RefAsPointee)
551 T = RT->getPointeeType();
552 else
553 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
554 }
555 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000556 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000557 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
558 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
559
560 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
561 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000562 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000563
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000564 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000566
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000567/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
568/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569///
570/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
571/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
572/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000573std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000574ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000575 uint64_t Width=0;
576 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000577 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000578#define TYPE(Class, Base)
579#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000580#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
582#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000584 break;
585
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000586 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
587 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000588 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
589 Width = 0;
590 Align = 32;
591 break;
592
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000593 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000594 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000595 Width = 0;
596 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
597 break;
598
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000599 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000600 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000602 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000603 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000604 Align = EltInfo.second;
605 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000606 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000607 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000608 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000609 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
611 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000612 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000613 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
614 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000615 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
616 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
617 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
618 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000619 break;
620 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000621
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000622 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000623 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000626 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
627 Width = 0;
628 Align = 8;
629 break;
630
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
633 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
636 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
637 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
640 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000642 case BuiltinType::WChar:
643 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
644 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
645 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000646 case BuiltinType::Char16:
647 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
648 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
649 break;
650 case BuiltinType::Char32:
651 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
652 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
653 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000654 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
657 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
662 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000664 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
667 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000669 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000671 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
672 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000674 case BuiltinType::Int128:
675 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
676 Width = 128;
677 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
678 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000679 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000680 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
681 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000682 break;
683 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
685 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
687 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
689 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000691 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000695 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000696 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000697 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000698 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000699 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000700 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000701 case Type::BlockPointer: {
702 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
703 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
704 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
705 break;
706 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000707 case Type::LValueReference:
708 case Type::RValueReference: {
709 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
710 // the pointer route.
711 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
712 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
713 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
714 break;
715 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000716 case Type::Pointer: {
717 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000718 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000719 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
720 break;
721 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000722 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000723 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000724 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000725 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
726 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000727 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
728 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000729 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
730 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000731 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000732 case Type::Complex: {
733 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
734 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000735 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000736 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000737 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000738 Align = EltInfo.second;
739 break;
740 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000741 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000742 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000743 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
744 Width = Layout.getSize();
745 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
746 break;
747 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000748 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000749 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000750 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
751
752 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000753 Width = 1;
754 Align = 1;
755 break;
756 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000758 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000759 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
760
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000761 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000762 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
763 Width = Layout.getSize();
764 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000765 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000767
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000768 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000769 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
770 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000771
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000772 case Type::Elaborated:
773 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
774 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000775
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000776 case Type::Typedef: {
777 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000778 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000779 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
780 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000781 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
782 } else
783 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000784 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000786
787 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
788 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
789 .getTypePtr());
790
791 case Type::TypeOf:
792 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
793
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000794 case Type::Decltype:
795 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
796 .getTypePtr());
797
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000798 case Type::QualifiedName:
799 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000800
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000801 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000803 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
804 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
805 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
806 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
807 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
808 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000810 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000811 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000812}
813
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000814/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
815/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
816CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000817 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000818}
819CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000820 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000821}
822
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000823/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000824/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
825CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
826 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
827}
828CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
829 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
830}
831
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000832/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
833/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
834/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
835/// a data type.
836unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
837 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000838
839 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000840 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000841 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
842 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
843 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
844 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
845
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000846 return ABIAlign;
847}
848
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000849static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
850 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
851 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000852 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
853 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000854 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000855 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
856 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
857 }
858}
859
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000860void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
861 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
862 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
863 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
864 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
865}
866
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000867/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
868/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
869///
870void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
871 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
872 bool CollectSynthesized) {
873 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
874 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
875 Ivars.push_back(*I);
876 }
877 if (CollectSynthesized)
878 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
879}
880
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000881void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
882 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
884 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000885 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
886 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000887
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000888 // Also look into nested protocols.
889 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
890 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
891 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
892}
893
894/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
895/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
896///
897void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
898 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000899 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
900 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000901 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
902 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
903 }
904 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
905 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
906 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
907 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
908 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
909 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
910 }
911}
912
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000913/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
914/// those inherited by it.
915void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
916 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
917 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
918 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
919 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
920 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
921 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
922 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
923 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
924 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
925 }
926
927 // Categories of this Interface.
928 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
929 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
930 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
931 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
932 while (SD) {
933 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
934 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
935 }
936 return;
937 }
938 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
939 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
940 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
941 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
942 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
943 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
944 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
945 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
946 }
947 return;
948 }
949 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
952 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
953 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
954 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
955 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
956 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
957 }
958 return;
959 }
960}
961
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000962unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
963 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000964 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
965 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000966 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
967 ++count;
968
969 // Also look into nested protocols.
970 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
971 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
972 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
973 return count;
974}
975
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000976unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000977 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000978 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
979 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000980 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
981 ++count;
982 }
983 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
984 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
985 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
986 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
987 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
988 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
989 }
990 return count;
991}
992
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000993/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
994ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
995 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
996 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
997 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
998 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
999 return 0;
1000}
1001/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1002ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1003 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1004 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1005 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1006 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1007 return 0;
1008}
1009
1010/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1011void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1012 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1013 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1014 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1015}
1016/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1017void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1018 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1019 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1020 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1021}
1022
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001023/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001024///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001025/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001026/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1027///
1028/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1029/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1030/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001031TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001032 unsigned DataSize) {
1033 if (!DataSize)
1034 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1035 else
1036 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001037 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001038
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001039 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1040 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1041 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1042 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001043}
1044
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001045TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001046 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001047 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001048 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1049 return DI;
1050}
1051
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001052/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1053/// layout of the given interface.
1054///
1055/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1056/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001057const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001058ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1059 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001060 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1061
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001062 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001064 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1065 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1066 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001067
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001068 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1069 if (Impl) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001070 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001071 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001072 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1073 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1074 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001075 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001076 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1077 }
1078
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001079 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001080 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1081 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001083 return *NewEntry;
1084}
1085
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001086const ASTRecordLayout &
1087ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1088 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1089}
1090
1091const ASTRecordLayout &
1092ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1093 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1094}
1095
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001096/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001097/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1098/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001099const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001100 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1101 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001102
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001103 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001104 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1105 // is recursive.
1106 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001107 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001108
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001110 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001111 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001113 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001114}
1115
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001116const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
1117 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition(*this));
1118 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1119
1120 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1121 if (!Entry)
1122 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1123 else
1124 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1125 "Key function changed!");
1126
1127 return Entry;
1128}
1129
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001130//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1131// Type creation/memoization methods
1132//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1133
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1135 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1136 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1137
1138 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1139 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1140 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1141 void *InsertPos = 0;
1142 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1143 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1144 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1145 return T;
1146 }
1147
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001148 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1150 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1151 return T;
1152}
1153
1154QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1155 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1156 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1157
1158 QualifierCollector Quals;
1159 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1160 Quals.addVolatile();
1161
1162 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1163}
1164
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001165QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001166 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1167 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001168 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001169
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001170 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1171 // into one ExtQuals node.
1172 QualifierCollector Quals;
1173 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001175 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1176 // another one.
1177 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1178 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1179 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001181 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001182}
1183
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001184QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001185 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001186 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001187 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001188 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001189
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001190 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001191 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001192 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001193 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1194 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1195 }
1196 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001197
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001198 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1199 // into one ExtQuals node.
1200 QualifierCollector Quals;
1201 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001202
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001203 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1204 // another one.
1205 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1206 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1207 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001209 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001210}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001211
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001212static QualType getNoReturnCallConvType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1213 bool AddNoReturn,
1214 CallingConv CallConv) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001215 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001216 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1217 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001218 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1219 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001220 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1221 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001222
1223 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001224 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1225 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1226 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001227 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1228 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001229 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1230 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001231
1232 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1233 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
1234 if (F->getNoReturnAttr() == AddNoReturn && F->getCallConv() == CallConv)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001235 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001236
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001237 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001238 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
1239 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001240 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001241 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001242 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001243 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1244 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1245 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1246 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1247 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1248 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1249 FPT->exception_begin(),
1250 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001251 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001252 } else
1253 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001254
1255 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1256}
1257
1258QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
1259 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, AddNoReturn, T.getCallConv());
1260}
1261
1262QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
1263 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, T.getNoReturnAttr(), CallConv);
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001264}
1265
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1267/// number with the specified element type.
1268QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1270 // structure.
1271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1272 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001273
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274 void *InsertPos = 0;
1275 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1276 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1279 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1280 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001281 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001282 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001283
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1285 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001288 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001289 Types.push_back(New);
1290 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1291 return QualType(New, 0);
1292}
1293
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001294/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1295/// the specified type.
1296QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1297 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1298 // structure.
1299 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1300 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 void *InsertPos = 0;
1303 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1304 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1307 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1308 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001309 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001310 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1313 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001314 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001315 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001316 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001317 Types.push_back(New);
1318 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1319 return QualType(New, 0);
1320}
1321
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001323/// a pointer to the specified block.
1324QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001325 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1326 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001327 // structure.
1328 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1329 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001330
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 void *InsertPos = 0;
1332 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1333 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1334 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
1336 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001337 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1338 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001339 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001342 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1343 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1344 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001345 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001346 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001347 BlockPointerType *New
1348 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001349 Types.push_back(New);
1350 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1351 return QualType(New, 0);
1352}
1353
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001354/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1355/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001356QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1358 // structure.
1359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001360 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361
1362 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001363 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1364 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001366
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001367 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1370 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1371 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001372 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1373 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1374 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001377 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1378 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001379 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380 }
1381
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001382 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001383 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1384 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001386 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001387
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001388 return QualType(New, 0);
1389}
1390
1391/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1392/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1393QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1394 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1395 // structure.
1396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001397 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001398
1399 void *InsertPos = 0;
1400 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1401 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1402 return QualType(RT, 0);
1403
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001404 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1405
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001406 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1407 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1408 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001409 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1410 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1411 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001412
1413 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1414 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1415 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1416 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1417 }
1418
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001419 RValueReferenceType *New
1420 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001421 Types.push_back(New);
1422 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423 return QualType(New, 0);
1424}
1425
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001426/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1427/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001429 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1430 // structure.
1431 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1432 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1433
1434 void *InsertPos = 0;
1435 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1436 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1437 return QualType(PT, 0);
1438
1439 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1440 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1441 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001442 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001443 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1444
1445 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1446 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1447 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1448 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1449 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001450 MemberPointerType *New
1451 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001452 Types.push_back(New);
1453 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1454 return QualType(New, 0);
1455}
1456
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001458/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001459QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001460 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001461 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1462 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001463 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1464 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001465 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1466
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001467 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1468 // the target.
1469 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1470 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001471
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001473 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001474
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001475 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001477 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001478 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001480 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1481 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1482 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001483 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001485 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001486 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001488 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001489 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001492 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1493 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001494 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001495 Types.push_back(New);
1496 return QualType(New, 0);
1497}
1498
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001499/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1500/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001501QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1502 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001503 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001504 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1505 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001506 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1507 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1508
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001509 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1510 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001511
1512 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1513 Types.push_back(New);
1514 return QualType(New, 0);
1515}
1516
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001517/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1518/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001519/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001520QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1521 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001522 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001523 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1524 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001525 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1526 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001527 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1528
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001529 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001530 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001531 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001532
1533 if (NumElts) {
1534 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1535 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1536 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001537 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1538 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1539
1540 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1541 }
1542
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001543 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1544 if (Canon) {
1545 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1546 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001547 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1548 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1549 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001550 } else {
1551 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1552 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001553 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1554 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1555 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001556
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001557 if (NumElts) {
1558 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1559 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1560 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1561 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001562 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001563 }
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001564 } else {
1565 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1566 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1567 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001568 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1569 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1570 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001571 }
1572 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001574 Types.push_back(New);
1575 return QualType(New, 0);
1576}
1577
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001578QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1579 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1580 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1581 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001582 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001583
1584 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001586 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1587 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1588
1589 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1590 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1591 QualType Canonical;
1592
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001593 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001594 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001595 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001596
1597 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1598 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1599 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001600 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001601 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001602
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001603 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1604 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001605
1606 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1607 Types.push_back(New);
1608 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001609}
1610
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001611/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1612/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1613QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001615
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001616 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001617 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001618
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1620 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001621 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001622 void *InsertPos = 0;
1623 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1624 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1625
1626 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1627 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1628 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001629 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001630 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001631
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001632 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1633 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001634 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001635 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001636 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1637 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001638 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1639 Types.push_back(New);
1640 return QualType(New, 0);
1641}
1642
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001643/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001644/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001645QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001646 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001647
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001648 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001649 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001651 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1652 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001654 void *InsertPos = 0;
1655 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1656 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1657
1658 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1659 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1660 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001661 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001662 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001664 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1665 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001666 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001667 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001668 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1669 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001670 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1671 Types.push_back(New);
1672 return QualType(New, 0);
1673}
1674
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001675QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001676 Expr *SizeExpr,
1677 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001678 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001679 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001680 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001682 void *InsertPos = 0;
1683 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1684 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1686 if (Canon) {
1687 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1688 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001689 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1690 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1691 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001692 } else {
1693 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1694 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001695 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1696 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1697 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001698
1699 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1700 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1701 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1702 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001703 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1704 } else {
1705 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1706 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001707 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1708 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001709 }
1710 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001711
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001712 Types.push_back(New);
1713 return QualType(New, 0);
1714}
1715
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001716static CallingConv getCanonicalCallingConv(CallingConv CC) {
1717 if (CC == CC_C)
1718 return CC_Default;
1719 return CC;
1720}
1721
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001722/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001723///
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001724QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn,
1725 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001726 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1727 // structure.
1728 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallf82b4e82010-02-04 05:44:44 +00001729 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn, CallConv);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001731 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001733 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001734 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001735
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001736 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001737 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
1738 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
1739 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn,
1740 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001741
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001742 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001743 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1744 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001745 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001746 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001748 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCallf82b4e82010-02-04 05:44:44 +00001749 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn, CallConv);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001750 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001751 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001752 return QualType(New, 0);
1753}
1754
1755/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1756/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001757QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001758 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001759 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1760 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001761 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn,
1762 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001763 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1764 // structure.
1765 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001766 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001767 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
John McCallf82b4e82010-02-04 05:44:44 +00001768 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn, CallConv);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001769
1770 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001771 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001772 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001774
1775 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001776 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001777 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001778 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001779 isCanonical = false;
1780
1781 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001782 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001783 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001784 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001785 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1786 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1787 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001788 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001789
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001790 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001791 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001792 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001793 false, 0, 0, NoReturn,
1794 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001795
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001796 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001797 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1798 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001799 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001800 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001801
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001802 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001803 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1804 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001805 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001806 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1807 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001808 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001809 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001810 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001811 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn, CallConv);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001812 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001813 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001814 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1815}
1816
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001817/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1818/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001819QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001820 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001821 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001822
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001823 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001824 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001825 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1826 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001827 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1828 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001829 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001830
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001831 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001832 if (PrevDecl)
1833 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001834 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001835 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001836 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001837 if (PrevDecl)
1838 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001839 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001840 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001841 } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
1842 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1843 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001844 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001845 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001846
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001847 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001848 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001849}
1850
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001851/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1852/// specified typename decl.
1853QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1854 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001856 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001857 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1858 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001859 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1860 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1861}
1862
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001863/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1864QualType
1865ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1866 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001867 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001868 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1869
1870 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1871 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1872 void *InsertPos = 0;
1873 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1874 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1875
1876 if (!SubstParm) {
1877 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1878 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1879 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1880 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1881 }
1882
1883 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1884}
1885
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001886/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001887/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001888/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001889QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001890 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001891 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1892 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001893 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001894 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001896 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1897
1898 if (TypeParm)
1899 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001900
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001901 if (Name) {
1902 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001903 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1904 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001905
1906 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1907 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1908 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1909 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001910 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001911 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1912 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001913
1914 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1915 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1916
1917 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1918}
1919
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001920QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001921ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001922 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001923 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001924 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1925
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001926 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1927 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1928 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1929 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1930
1931 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1932}
1933
1934QualType
1935ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001936 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1937 unsigned NumArgs,
1938 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001939 if (!Canon.isNull())
1940 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1941 else {
1942 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001943 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1944 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1945 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1946 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1947 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1948
1949 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1950 // exists.
1951 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001953 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001954
1955 void *InsertPos = 0;
1956 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1957 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001959 if (!Spec) {
1960 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001962 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001963 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001965 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001966 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001967 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001969 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001971 if (Canon.isNull())
1972 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001974 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001975 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001976
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001977 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1978 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1979 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001980 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001981 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001982 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1984 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001985 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001987 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001989}
1990
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001992ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001993 QualType NamedType) {
1994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001995 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001996
1997 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001999 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2000 if (T)
2001 return QualType(T, 0);
2002
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002003 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2004 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2005 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
2006 QualifiedNameType *CheckT
2007 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2008 assert(!CheckT && "Qualified name canonical type broken");
2009 (void)CheckT;
2010 }
2011
2012 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002013 Types.push_back(T);
2014 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2015 return QualType(T, 0);
2016}
2017
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002019 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2020 QualType Canon) {
2021 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2022
2023 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2024 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2025 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
2026 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
2027 }
2028
2029 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2030 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
2031
2032 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002034 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2035 if (T)
2036 return QualType(T, 0);
2037
2038 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
2039 Types.push_back(T);
2040 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002042}
2043
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044QualType
2045ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002046 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
2047 QualType Canon) {
2048 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2049
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2051 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
2052
2053 void *InsertPos = 0;
2054 TypenameType *T
2055 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2056 if (T)
2057 return QualType(T, 0);
2058
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002059 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2060 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2061 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
2062 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
2063 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002064 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002065 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
2066 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
2067 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
2068 }
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002069
2070 TypenameType *CheckT
2071 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2072 assert(!CheckT && "Typename canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002073 }
2074
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002075 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
2076 Types.push_back(T);
2077 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002078 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002079}
2080
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002081QualType
2082ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2083 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2084 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2085 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002086
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002087 void *InsertPos = 0;
2088 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2089 if (T)
2090 return QualType(T, 0);
2091
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002092 QualType Canon = UnderlyingType;
2093 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2094 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
2095 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2096 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
2097 }
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002098
2099 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2100 Types.push_back(T);
2101 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2102 return QualType(T, 0);
2103}
2104
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002105/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2106/// alphabetically.
2107static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2108 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002109 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002110}
2111
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002112static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2113 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2114 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2115
2116 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2117 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2118 return false;
2119 return true;
2120}
2121
2122static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002123 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2124 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002125
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002126 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2127 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2128
2129 // Remove duplicates.
2130 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2131 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2132}
2133
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002134/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2135/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002136QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002137 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002138 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002139 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002140 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002141
2142 void *InsertPos = 0;
2143 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2144 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2145 return QualType(QT, 0);
2146
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002147 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2148 QualType Canonical;
2149 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2150 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2151 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2152 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2153 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2154
2155 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2156 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2157
2158 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2159 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2160 } else {
2161 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2162 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2163 }
2164
2165 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2166 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2167 }
2168
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002169 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002170 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Ted Kremenek71842cc2010-01-21 19:22:34 +00002171 ObjCObjectPointerType(*this, Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols,
2172 NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002174 Types.push_back(QType);
2175 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2176 return QualType(QType, 0);
2177}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002178
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002179/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2180/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2181QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002182 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002184 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002186 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002187 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2188 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002189 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002190
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002191 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2192 QualType Canonical;
2193 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2194 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2195 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2196
2197 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2198 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2199
2200 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2201
2202 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203 }
2204
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002205 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Ted Kremenek71842cc2010-01-21 19:22:34 +00002206 ObjCInterfaceType(*this, Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002207 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002208
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002209 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002210 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002211 return QualType(QType, 0);
2212}
2213
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002214/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2215/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002216/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002218/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002219QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002220 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002221 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2222 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2223 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002225 void *InsertPos = 0;
2226 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2227 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2228 if (Canon) {
2229 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2230 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002231 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002232 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2233 }
2234 else {
2235 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002236 Canon
2237 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002238 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2239 toe = Canon;
2240 }
2241 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002242 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002243 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002244 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002245 Types.push_back(toe);
2246 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002247}
2248
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002249/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2250/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2251/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002253/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002254QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002255 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002256 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002257 Types.push_back(tot);
2258 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002259}
2260
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002261/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2262/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2263static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002264 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2265 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002267 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2268 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2269 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2270 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2271 return VD->getType();
2272 }
2273 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2274 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2275 return FD->getType();
2276 }
2277 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2278 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2279 // return type of that function.
2280 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2281 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002283 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284
2285 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002286 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2287 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2288 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002290 return T;
2291}
2292
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002293/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2294/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2295/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002297/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2298QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002299 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002300 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2301 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2302 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002304 void *InsertPos = 0;
2305 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2306 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2307 if (Canon) {
2308 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2309 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002310 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002311 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2312 }
2313 else {
2314 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002315 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002316 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2317 dt = Canon;
2318 }
2319 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002320 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002321 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002322 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002323 Types.push_back(dt);
2324 return QualType(dt, 0);
2325}
2326
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002327/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2328/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002329QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002330 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002331 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2332 // away const? mutable?
2333 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002334}
2335
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2337/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2338/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002339CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002340 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002341}
2342
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002343/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2344/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2345QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2346 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2347 return WCharTy;
2348}
2349
2350/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2351/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2352QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2353 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2354 return UnsignedIntTy;
2355}
2356
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002357/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2358/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2359QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002360 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002361}
2362
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002363//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2364// Type Operators
2365//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2366
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002367CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2368 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2369 // qualifiers.
2370 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2371 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2372
2373 QualType Result;
2374 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2375 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2376 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2377 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2378 } else {
2379 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2380 }
2381
2382 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2383}
2384
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002385/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2386/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2387/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2388/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2389/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2390/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002391CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002392 QualifierCollector Quals;
2393 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2394 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002396 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2397 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2398
2399 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2400 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002401 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002402
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002403 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2404 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2405 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002406 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2407 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002408 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002410 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2411 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002412 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002413 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002415 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002416 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2417 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2418 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002419 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002420 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002421 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2422 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002423 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002425 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002426 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2427 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002428 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2429 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002430 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002431 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002432 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002433
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002434 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002435 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002436 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2437 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002438 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002439 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002440 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002441}
2442
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002443QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2444 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002445 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002446 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T)) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002447 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002448 }
2449
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002450 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
2451 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002452 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002453 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2454 return T;
2455
2456 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
2457 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2458 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2459 }
2460
2461 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) {
2462 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2463 }
2464
2465 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T);
2466 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2467 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2468 SourceRange());
2469}
2470
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002471DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2472 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2473 return TD->getDeclName();
2474
2475 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2476 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2477 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2478 } else {
2479 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2480 }
2481 }
2482
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002483 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2484 assert(Storage);
2485 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002486}
2487
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002488TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2489 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2490 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2491 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002492 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002493
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002494 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002496 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2497 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2498 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2499}
2500
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002501bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2502 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2503 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2504 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2505}
2506
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002508ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2509 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2510 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2511 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002513 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002514 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002515
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002516 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002517 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002518
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002519 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2520 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2521
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002522 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002523 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002524 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002525
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002526 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002527 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002529 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2530 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2531 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2532 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002533 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002534 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2535 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2536 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002538 TemplateArgument Result;
2539 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2540 return Result;
2541 }
2542 }
2543
2544 // Silence GCC warning
2545 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2546 return TemplateArgument();
2547}
2548
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002549NestedNameSpecifier *
2550ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002551 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002552 return 0;
2553
2554 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2555 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2556 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002558 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2559 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2560
2561 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2562 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2563 // this namespace and no prefix.
2564 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2565
2566 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2567 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2568 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002569 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2570 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002571 T.getTypePtr());
2572 }
2573
2574 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2575 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2576 return NNS;
2577 }
2578
2579 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2580 return 0;
2581}
2582
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002583
2584const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2585 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002586 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002587 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2588 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2589 return AT;
2590 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002591
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002592 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002593 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002594 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002595 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002596
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002597 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002598 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2599 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002600
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002601 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2602 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002603 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002604
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002605 QualifierCollector Qs;
2606 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002608 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2609 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002610 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002611 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002613 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2614 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2615 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2616 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002617 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002619 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2620 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2621 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002622 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002623 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2624 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2625 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002626 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002627
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002628 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002629 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2630 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002631 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002632 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2633 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002634 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002635 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002636 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002638 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002639 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002640 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002641 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002642 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002643 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002644 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002645}
2646
2647
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002648/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2649/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2650/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2651/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2652///
2653/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2654QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002655 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2656 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2657 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2658 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2659 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2660 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002662 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002663
2664 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002665 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002666}
2667
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002668QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002669 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002670 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002671 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002672 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2673 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002674 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002675 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002676 }
2677 }
2678}
2679
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002680QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2681 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002683 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2684 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002686 return ElemTy;
2687}
2688
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002689/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002691ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2692 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2693 do {
2694 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2695 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2696 } while (CA);
2697 return ElementCount;
2698}
2699
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002700/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2701/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002702static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002703 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002704 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002705
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002706 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2707 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002708 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002709 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2710 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2711 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2712 }
2713}
2714
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2716/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002717/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2718/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002719QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2720 QualType Domain) const {
2721 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2722 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2723 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002724 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002725 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2726 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2727 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2728 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002729 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002730
2731 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2732 switch (EltRank) {
2733 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2734 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2735 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2736 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002737 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002738}
2739
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002740/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2741/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2742/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002744int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2745 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2746 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002747
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002748 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002749 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002750 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002751 return 1;
2752 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002753}
2754
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002755/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2756/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2757/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002758unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002759 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002760 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002761 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002762
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002763 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2764 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2765
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002766 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2767 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2768
2769 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2770 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2771
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002772 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002773 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2774 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002775 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002776 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2777 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2778 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2779 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002780 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002781 case BuiltinType::Short:
2782 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002783 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002784 case BuiltinType::Int:
2785 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002786 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002787 case BuiltinType::Long:
2788 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002789 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002790 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2791 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002792 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002793 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2794 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2795 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002796 }
2797}
2798
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002799/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2800/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2801///
2802/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2803/// promotion occurs.
2804QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2805 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2806 if (!Field)
2807 return QualType();
2808
2809 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2810
2811 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2812 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2813 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2814 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2815 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2816 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2817 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2818 return IntTy;
2819
2820 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2821 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2822
2823 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2824 // like the base type.
2825 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2826 // is ridiculous.
2827 return QualType();
2828}
2829
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002830/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2831/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2832/// integer type.
2833QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2834 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2835 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002836 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2837 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002838 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2839 return IntTy;
2840 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2841 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2842 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2843 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2844}
2845
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002847/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002848/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002849int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002850 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2851 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002852 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002853
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002854 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2855 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002857 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2858 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002859
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002860 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2861 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2862 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2863 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002865 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2866 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2867 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2868 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2869 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002871 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2872 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002874 return -1;
2875 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002876
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002877 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2878 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2879 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002881 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2882 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002884 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002885}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002886
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002887static RecordDecl *
2888CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2889 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2890 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2891 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2892 else
2893 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2894}
2895
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002896// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002897QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2898 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002899 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002900 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2901 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2902
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002903 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002905 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002906 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002907 // int flags;
2908 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002909 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002910 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002911 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002912 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2913
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002914 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002915 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002916 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002917 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002918 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002919 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002920 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002921 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002922 }
2923
2924 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002925 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002927 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002928}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002929
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002930void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002931 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002932 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2933 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2934}
2935
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002936QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002937 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002938 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002939 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2940 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002941
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002942 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2943 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002944 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002945 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2946 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2947 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2948 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002950 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2952 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2953 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002954 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002955 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002956 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002957 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002958 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002960 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002961 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002962
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002963 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2964}
2965
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002966QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2967 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2968 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2969
2970 RecordDecl *T;
2971 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002972 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2973 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002974
2975 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2976 UnsignedLongTy,
2977 UnsignedLongTy,
2978 };
2979
2980 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2981 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002982 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002983 };
2984
2985 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2986 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2987 T,
2988 SourceLocation(),
2989 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002990 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002991 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2992 /*Mutable=*/false);
2993 T->addDecl(Field);
2994 }
2995
2996 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2997
2998 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2999
3000 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3001}
3002
3003void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3004 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3005 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3006 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3007}
3008
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003009QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3010 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3011 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3012
3013 RecordDecl *T;
3014 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003015 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3016 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003017
3018 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3019 UnsignedLongTy,
3020 UnsignedLongTy,
3021 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3022 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3023 };
3024
3025 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3026 "reserved",
3027 "Size",
3028 "CopyFuncPtr",
3029 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3030 };
3031
3032 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3033 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3034 T,
3035 SourceLocation(),
3036 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003037 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003038 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3039 /*Mutable=*/false);
3040 T->addDecl(Field);
3041 }
3042
3043 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3044
3045 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3046
3047 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3048}
3049
3050void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3051 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3052 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3053 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3054}
3055
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003056bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3057 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3058 return true;
3059 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3060 return true;
3061 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3062 return true;
3063 return false;
3064}
3065
3066QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3067 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003068 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003069 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003070 // unsigned int __flags;
3071 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003072 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3073 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003074 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003075 // } *
3076
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003077 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3078
3079 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003080 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003081 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3082 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3083 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003084 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003085 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3086 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003087 T->startDefinition();
3088 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3089 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3090 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3091 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3092 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3093 Int32Ty,
3094 Int32Ty,
3095 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3096 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3097 Ty
3098 };
3099
3100 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3101 "__isa",
3102 "__forwarding",
3103 "__flags",
3104 "__size",
3105 "__copy_helper",
3106 "__destroy_helper",
3107 DeclName,
3108 };
3109
3110 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3111 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3112 continue;
3113 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3114 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003115 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003116 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3117 T->addDecl(Field);
3118 }
3119
3120 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3121
3122 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003123}
3124
3125
3126QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003127 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003128 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003129 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003130 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003131 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3132 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3133 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003134 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003135 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3136 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003137 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3138 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3139 IntTy,
3140 IntTy,
3141 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003142 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3143 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3144 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003145 };
3146
3147 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3148 "__isa",
3149 "__flags",
3150 "__reserved",
3151 "__FuncPtr",
3152 "__descriptor"
3153 };
3154
3155 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003156 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003157 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003158 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003159 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3160 T->addDecl(Field);
3161 }
3162
3163 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3164 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3165 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3166 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3167 if (BDRE) {
3168 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3169 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3170 }
3171 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3172
3173 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003174 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3175 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003176
3177 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003178 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003179 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003180 T->addDecl(Field);
3181 }
3182
3183 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003184
3185 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003186}
3187
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003188void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003189 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003190 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3191 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3192}
3193
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003194// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3195// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003196static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003197 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003198 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3199 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003200
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003201 return false;
3202}
3203
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003204/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003205/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003206CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003207 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003208
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003209 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003210 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3211 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003212 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3213 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003214 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003215 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003216}
3217
3218static inline
3219std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3220 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003221}
3222
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003223/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3224/// declaration.
3225void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3226 std::string& S) {
3227 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3228 QualType BlockTy =
3229 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3230 // Encode result type.
3231 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3232 // Compute size of all parameters.
3233 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3234 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3235 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003236 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3237 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003238 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3239 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3240 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003241 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003242 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003243 ParmOffset += sz;
3244 }
3245 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003246 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003247 // Block pointer and offset.
3248 S += "@?0";
3249 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3250
3251 // Argument types.
3252 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3253 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3254 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3255 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3256 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3257 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3258 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3259 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3260 // elements.
3261 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3262 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3263 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3264 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3265 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003266 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003267 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003268 }
3269}
3270
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003271/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003272/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003274 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003275 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003276 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003277 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003278 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003279 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003280 // Compute size of all parameters.
3281 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3282 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3283 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003284 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003285 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3286 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003287 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003288 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3289 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3290 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003291 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003292 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3293 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003294 ParmOffset += sz;
3295 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003296 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003297 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003298 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003300 // Argument types.
3301 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003302 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3303 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3304 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003306 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003307 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3308 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3309 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003310 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003311 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3312 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3313 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003314 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003315 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003316 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003317 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003318 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003319 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003320 }
3321}
3322
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003323/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003324/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003325/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3326/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3328/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3329/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3330/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3331/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003332/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3333/// @code
3334/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3335/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3336/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3337/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3338/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3339/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3340/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3341/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3342/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3343/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3344/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3345/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3346/// };
3347/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003349 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003350 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003351 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3352 bool Dynamic = false;
3353 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3354
3355 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3356 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003357 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003358 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3359 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003360 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003361 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003362 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3363 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3364 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3365 Dynamic = true;
3366 } else {
3367 SynthesizePID = PID;
3368 }
3369 }
3370 }
3371 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003372 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003373 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003374 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003375 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003376 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3377 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3378 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3379 Dynamic = true;
3380 } else {
3381 SynthesizePID = PID;
3382 }
3383 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003385 }
3386 }
3387
3388 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3389 S = "T";
3390
3391 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003392 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3393 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003395 true /* outermost type */,
3396 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003397
3398 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3399 S += ",R";
3400 } else {
3401 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3402 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3403 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003405 }
3406 }
3407
3408 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3409 // are "dynamic by default".
3410 if (Dynamic)
3411 S += ",D";
3412
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003413 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3414 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003416 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3417 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003418 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003419 }
3420
3421 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3422 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003423 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003424 }
3425
3426 if (SynthesizePID) {
3427 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3428 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003429 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003430 }
3431
3432 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3433}
3434
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003435/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003436/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3437/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003438/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3439///
3440void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003441 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003442 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003443 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3444 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003445 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003447 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3448 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003449 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3450 }
3451 }
3452}
3453
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003454void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003455 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003456 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3457 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3458 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3459 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003461 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003462}
3463
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003464static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003465 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003466 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3467 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3468 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003469 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003470 S += 'b';
3471 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3472}
3473
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003474// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003475void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3476 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3477 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003478 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003479 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003480 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003481 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003482 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3483 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3484 char encoding;
3485 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003487 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3488 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3489 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3490 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3491 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3492 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003493 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3494 encoding =
3495 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003496 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003497 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3498 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3499 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3500 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3501 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3502 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503 case BuiltinType::Long:
3504 encoding =
3505 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003506 break;
3507 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3508 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3509 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3510 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3511 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003512 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003514 S += encoding;
3515 return;
3516 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003518 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003519 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003521 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003522 return;
3523 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003524
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003525 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003526 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3527 S += ':';
3528 return;
3529 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003530 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003531
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003532 bool isReadOnly = false;
3533 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3534 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3535 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003536 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003537 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003538 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3539 isReadOnly = true;
3540 S += 'r';
3541 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003542 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003543 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003544 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3545 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003546 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3547 isReadOnly = true;
3548 S += 'r';
3549 }
3550 }
3551 if (isReadOnly) {
3552 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3553 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3554 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3555 const char * s = S.c_str();
3556 int len = S.length();
3557 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3558 std::string replace = "rn";
3559 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3560 }
3561 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003563 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3564 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3565 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003566 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003567 S += '*';
3568 return;
3569 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003570 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003571 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3572 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3573 S += '#';
3574 return;
3575 }
3576 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3577 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3578 S += '@';
3579 return;
3580 }
3581 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003582 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003583 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003584 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3585
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003586 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003587 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003588 return;
3589 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003591 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3592 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3593 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003594 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3595 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3596 S += '^';
3597
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003598 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003599 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3600 } else {
3601 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003603 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3604 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3605 else {
3606 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3607 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3608 S += '0';
3609 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003610
3611 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003612 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3613 S += ']';
3614 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003615 return;
3616 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003617
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003618 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003619 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003620 return;
3621 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003623 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003624 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003625 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003626 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3627 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3628 S += II->getName();
3629 } else {
3630 S += '?';
3631 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003632 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003633 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003634 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3635 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003636 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003637 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003638 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003639 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003640 S += '"';
3641 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003642
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003643 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003644 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003646 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003647 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003648 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3649 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003650 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003651 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003652 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003653 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003654 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003655 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003656 return;
3657 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003658
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003659 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003660 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3661 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3662 else
3663 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003664 return;
3665 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003666
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003667 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003668 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003669 return;
3670 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003671
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003672 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003673 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003674 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003675 S += '{';
3676 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3677 S += II->getName();
3678 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003679 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003680 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003681 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003682 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003684 RecFields[i]);
3685 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003686 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003687 FD);
3688 }
3689 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003690 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003691 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003693 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003694 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3695 S += '@';
3696 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003697 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003698
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003699 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3700 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3701 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3702 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003703 S += '#';
3704 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003705 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003706
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003707 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003709 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3710 ExpandStructures, FD);
3711 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3712 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3713 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003714 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003715 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3716 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003717 S += '<';
3718 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3719 S += '>';
3720 }
3721 S += '"';
3722 }
3723 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003724 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003725
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003726 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3727 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3728 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3729 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003730 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003731 // {...};
3732 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3734 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003735 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003736 return;
3737 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003738
3739 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003740 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003741 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003742 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003743 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3744 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003745 S += '<';
3746 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3747 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003748 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003749 S += '"';
3750 }
3751 return;
3752 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003753
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003754 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003755}
3756
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003758 std::string& S) const {
3759 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3760 S += 'n';
3761 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3762 S += 'N';
3763 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3764 S += 'o';
3765 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3766 S += 'O';
3767 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3768 S += 'R';
3769 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3770 S += 'V';
3771}
3772
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003773void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003774 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003775
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003776 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3777}
3778
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003779void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003780 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003781}
3782
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003783void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003784 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003785}
3786
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003787void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003788 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003789}
3790
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003791void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003792 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003793}
3794
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003795void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003796 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003797 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003799 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003800}
3801
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003802/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3803/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003804TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3805 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003806 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3807 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3808
3809 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3810 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3811 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3812
3813 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003814 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003815 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3816 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3817 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3818 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3819 *Storage++ = D;
3820 }
3821
3822 return TemplateName(OT);
3823}
3824
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003825/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3826/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003828 bool TemplateKeyword,
3829 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003830 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003831 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3832 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3833
3834 void *InsertPos = 0;
3835 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3836 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3837 if (!QTN) {
3838 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3839 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3840 }
3841
3842 return TemplateName(QTN);
3843}
3844
3845/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3846/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003847TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003848 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003849 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003850 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003851
3852 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3853 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3854
3855 void *InsertPos = 0;
3856 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3857 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3858
3859 if (QTN)
3860 return TemplateName(QTN);
3861
3862 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3863 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3864 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3865 } else {
3866 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3867 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003868 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
3869 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3870 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
3871 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003872 }
3873
3874 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3875 return TemplateName(QTN);
3876}
3877
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003878/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3879/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3880TemplateName
3881ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3882 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3883 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3884 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3885
3886 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3887 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3888
3889 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003890 DependentTemplateName *QTN
3891 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003892
3893 if (QTN)
3894 return TemplateName(QTN);
3895
3896 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3897 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3898 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3899 } else {
3900 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3901 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003902
3903 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
3904 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3905 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
3906 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003907 }
3908
3909 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3910 return TemplateName(QTN);
3911}
3912
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003913/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003914/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3915/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003916CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003917 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003918 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003919 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3920 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3921 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3922 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3923 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3924 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3925 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3926 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3927 }
3928
3929 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003930 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003931}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003932
3933//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3934// Type Predicates.
3935//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3936
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003937/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3938/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3939/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003940/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003941///
3942bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3943 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3944 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003945 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003946 return true;
3947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003949}
3950
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003951/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3952/// garbage collection attribute.
3953///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003954Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3955 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003956 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3957 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003958 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003959 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003960 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003961 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003962 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003963 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003964 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003965 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003966 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003967 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003968 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3969 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003970 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003971 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003972 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003973 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003974}
3975
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003976//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3977// Type Compatibility Testing
3978//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003979
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003981/// compatible.
3982static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3983 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003984 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003985 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003986 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003987}
3988
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003989//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3990// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3991//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3992
3993/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3994/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003995bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3996 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003997 if (lProto == rProto)
3998 return true;
3999 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4000 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4001 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4002 return true;
4003 return false;
4004}
4005
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004006/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4007/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4008/// otherwise.
4009bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4010 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4011 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4012 return false;
4013}
4014
4015/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4016/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4017bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4018 bool compare) {
4019 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004020 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004021 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4022 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004023 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004024 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4025 return true;
4026
4027 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004028 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004030 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004031
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004032 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004034 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4035 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4036 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4037 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4038 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4039 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4040 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004041 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004042 return false;
4043 }
4044 }
4045 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4046 return true;
4047 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004048 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004049 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4050 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4051 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4052 bool match = false;
4053
4054 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4055 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4056 // through its super class and categories.
4057 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4058 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4059 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4060 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4061 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4062 match = true;
4063 break;
4064 }
4065 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004066 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004067 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4068 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4069 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4070 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4071 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4072 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4073 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004074 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004075 match = true;
4076 break;
4077 }
4078 }
4079 }
4080 if (!match)
4081 return false;
4082 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004083
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004084 return true;
4085 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004087 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4088 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4089
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004090 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004091 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4092 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4093 bool match = false;
4094 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4095 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4096 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4097 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4098 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4099 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004100 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004101 match = true;
4102 break;
4103 }
4104 }
4105 if (!match)
4106 return false;
4107 }
4108 return true;
4109 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004110 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004111 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4112 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4113 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4114 bool match = false;
4115
4116 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4117 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4118 // through its super class and categories.
4119 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4120 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4121 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4122 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4123 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4124 match = true;
4125 break;
4126 }
4127 }
4128 if (!match)
4129 return false;
4130 }
4131 return true;
4132 }
4133 return false;
4134}
4135
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004136/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004137/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4138/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4139///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004140bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4141 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004142 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4143 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004144 return true;
4145
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004146 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004147 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4148 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004149 false);
4150
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004151 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4152 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004153 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4154 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004155
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004156 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004157}
4158
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004159/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4160/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4161/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4162/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4163static
4164void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4165 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4166 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4167 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4168
4169 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4170 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4171
4172 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4173 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4174 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4175 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4176 else {
4177 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4178 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4179 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4180 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4181 }
4182
4183 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4184 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4185 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4186 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4187 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4188 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4189 }
4190 else {
4191 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4192 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4193 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4194 // be harmless.
4195 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4196 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4197 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4198 }
4199}
4200
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004201/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4202/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4203/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4204/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4205QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4206 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4207 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4208 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4209 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4210 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4211 return QualType();
4212
4213 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4214 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4215 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004216 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4217 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4218 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4219 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4220 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4221 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4222 else
4223 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4224 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4225 return LHSTy;
4226 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004227 }
4228
4229 return QualType();
4230}
4231
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004232bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4233 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004234 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4235 // the LHS.
4236 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4237 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004238
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004239 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4240 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004241 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004242 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004243
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004244 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4245 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004246 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004247 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004248
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004249 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4250 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004251 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4252 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4253
4254 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4255 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004256 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004257 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004258 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4259 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004260 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004261 break;
4262 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004263 }
4264 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4265 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4266 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004267 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004268 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4269 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004270}
4271
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004272bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4273 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004274 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4275 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004277 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004278 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004279
4280 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4281 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004282}
4283
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004285/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004287/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004288bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004289 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4290 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4291
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004292 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4293}
4294
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004295static bool isSameCallingConvention(CallingConv lcc, CallingConv rcc) {
4296 return (getCanonicalCallingConv(lcc) == getCanonicalCallingConv(rcc));
4297}
4298
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004299QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004300 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4301 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004302 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4303 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004304 bool allLTypes = true;
4305 bool allRTypes = true;
4306
4307 // Check return type
4308 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4309 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004310 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4311 allLTypes = false;
4312 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4313 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004314 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004315 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4316 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4317 allLTypes = false;
4318 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4319 allRTypes = false;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004320 CallingConv lcc = lbase->getCallConv();
4321 CallingConv rcc = rbase->getCallConv();
4322 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
4323 if (!isSameCallingConvention(lcc, rcc))
4324 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004326 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004327 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4328 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004329 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4330 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4331
4332 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4333 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4334 return QualType();
4335
4336 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4337 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4338 return QualType();
4339
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004340 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4341 return QualType();
4342
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004343 // Check argument compatibility
4344 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4345 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4346 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4347 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4348 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4349 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4350 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004351 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4352 allLTypes = false;
4353 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4354 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004355 }
4356 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4357 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4358 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004359 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004360 NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004361 }
4362
4363 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4364 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4365
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004366 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004367 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004368 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004369 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4370 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4371 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4372 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4373 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4374 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4375 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4376 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4377 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004378
4379 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4380 // to pass enum values.
4381 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4382 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4383
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004384 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4385 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4386 return QualType();
4387 }
4388
4389 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4390 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4391 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004392 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004393 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004394 }
4395
4396 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4397 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004398 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004399}
4400
4401QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004402 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4403 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4404 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004405 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4406 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004407 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4408 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
4409
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004410 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4411 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4412
4413 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4414 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4415 return LHS;
4416
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004417 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004418 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4419 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004420 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4421 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4422 // mismatch.
4423 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4424 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4425 return QualType();
4426
4427 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4428 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4429 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4430 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4431 // qualified __strong.
4432 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4433 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4434 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4435
4436 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4437 return QualType();
4438
4439 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4440 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4441 }
4442 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4443 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4444 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004445 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004446 }
4447
4448 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004449
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004450 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4451 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004452
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004453 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4454 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4455 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4456 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004457
4458 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004459 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4460 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4461 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4462 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004463
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004464 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4465 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4466 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004467
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004468 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004469 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004470 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004471 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004472 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4473 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004474 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004475 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4476 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004477 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004478 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004479 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4480 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004481 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004482
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004483 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004484 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004485
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004486 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004487 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004488#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4489#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4490#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4491#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4492#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4493 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4494 return QualType();
4495
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004496 case Type::LValueReference:
4497 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004498 case Type::MemberPointer:
4499 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4500 return QualType();
4501
4502 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4503 case Type::VariableArray:
4504 case Type::FunctionProto:
4505 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004506 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4507 return QualType();
4508
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004509 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004510 {
4511 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004512 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4513 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004514 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4515 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004516 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004517 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004518 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004519 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004520 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4521 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004522 case Type::BlockPointer:
4523 {
4524 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004525 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4526 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004527 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4528 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4529 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4530 return LHS;
4531 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4532 return RHS;
4533 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4534 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004535 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004536 {
4537 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4538 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4539 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4540 return QualType();
4541
4542 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4543 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4544 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4545 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004546 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4547 return LHS;
4548 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4549 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004550 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4551 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4552 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4553 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004554 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4555 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004556 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4557 return LHS;
4558 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4559 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004560 if (LVAT) {
4561 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4562 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4563 // has to be different.
4564 return LHS;
4565 }
4566 if (RVAT) {
4567 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4568 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4569 // has to be different.
4570 return RHS;
4571 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004572 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4573 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004574 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4575 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004576 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004577 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004578 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004579 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004580 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004581 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004582 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004583 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004584 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004585 case Type::Complex:
4586 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4587 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004588 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004589 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004590 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004591 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004592 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004593 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004594 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004595 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4596 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004597 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4598 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004599 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4600 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4601 return LHS;
4602
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004603 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004604 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004605 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004606 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4607 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004608 return LHS;
4609
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004610 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004611 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004612 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4613 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4614 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004615 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004616
4617 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004618}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004619
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004620//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004621// Integer Predicates
4622//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004623
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004624unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004625 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004626 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004627 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004628 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004629 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004630 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4631}
4632
4633QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4634 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004635
4636 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4637 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4638 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4639 VTy->getNumElements());
4640
4641 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4642 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004643 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004644
4645 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4646 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004647 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4648 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4649 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4650 return UnsignedCharTy;
4651 case BuiltinType::Short:
4652 return UnsignedShortTy;
4653 case BuiltinType::Int:
4654 return UnsignedIntTy;
4655 case BuiltinType::Long:
4656 return UnsignedLongTy;
4657 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4658 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004659 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4660 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004661 default:
4662 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4663 return QualType();
4664 }
4665}
4666
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004667ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4668
4669void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004670
4671
4672//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4673// Builtin Type Computation
4674//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4675
4676/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4677/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004678static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004679 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4680 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4681 // Modifiers.
4682 int HowLong = 0;
4683 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004684
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004685 // Read the modifiers first.
4686 bool Done = false;
4687 while (!Done) {
4688 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004689 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004690 case 'S':
4691 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4692 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4693 Signed = true;
4694 break;
4695 case 'U':
4696 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4697 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4698 Unsigned = true;
4699 break;
4700 case 'L':
4701 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4702 ++HowLong;
4703 break;
4704 }
4705 }
4706
4707 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004708
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004709 // Read the base type.
4710 switch (*Str++) {
4711 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4712 case 'v':
4713 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4714 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4715 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4716 break;
4717 case 'f':
4718 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4719 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4720 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4721 break;
4722 case 'd':
4723 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4724 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4725 if (HowLong)
4726 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4727 else
4728 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4729 break;
4730 case 's':
4731 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4732 if (Unsigned)
4733 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4734 else
4735 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4736 break;
4737 case 'i':
4738 if (HowLong == 3)
4739 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4740 else if (HowLong == 2)
4741 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4742 else if (HowLong == 1)
4743 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4744 else
4745 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4746 break;
4747 case 'c':
4748 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4749 if (Signed)
4750 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4751 else if (Unsigned)
4752 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4753 else
4754 Type = Context.CharTy;
4755 break;
4756 case 'b': // boolean
4757 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4758 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4759 break;
4760 case 'z': // size_t.
4761 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4762 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4763 break;
4764 case 'F':
4765 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4766 break;
4767 case 'a':
4768 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4769 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4770 break;
4771 case 'A':
4772 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4773 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4774 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4775 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4776 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4777 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4778 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4779 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4780 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4781 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4782 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4783 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4784 } else {
4785 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4786 }
4787 break;
4788 case 'V': {
4789 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004790 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4791 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004792
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004793 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004794
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004795 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4796 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4797 break;
4798 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004799 case 'X': {
4800 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4801 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4802 break;
4803 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004804 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004805 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4806 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004807 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004808 return QualType();
4809 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004810 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004811 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004812 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004813 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004814 else
4815 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4816
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004817 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004818 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004819 return QualType();
4820 }
4821 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004822 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004824 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4825 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004827 Done = false;
4828 while (!Done) {
4829 switch (*Str++) {
4830 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4831 case '*':
4832 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4833 break;
4834 case '&':
4835 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4836 break;
4837 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4838 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004839 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004840 break;
Fariborz Jahanian013af392010-01-26 22:48:42 +00004841 case 'D':
4842 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
4843 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004844 }
4845 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004846
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004847 return Type;
4848}
4849
4850/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4851QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4852 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4853 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004854
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004855 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004856
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004857 Error = GE_None;
4858 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4859 if (Error != GE_None)
4860 return QualType();
4861 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4862 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4863 if (Error != GE_None)
4864 return QualType();
4865
4866 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4867 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4868 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004869
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004870 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4871 }
4872
4873 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4874 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4875
4876 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4877 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4878 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4879 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4880 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4881}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004882
4883QualType
4884ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4885 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4886 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4887 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4888 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4889 // equivalent.
4890 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4891 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4892 else
4893 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4894 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4895 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4896 else
4897 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4898
4899 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4900 if (lhs == rhs)
4901 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004902
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004903 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4904 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4905 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4906 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004907
4908 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4909
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004910 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4911 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4912 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004913 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004914 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4915 return lhs;
4916 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004917 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004918 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4919 return rhs;
4920 }
4921 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004922 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4923 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4924 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4925 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004926 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004927 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004928 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004929 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004930 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4931 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004932
4933 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004934 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004936 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004938 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4939 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4940 // does not require this promotion.
4941 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4942 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4943 return rhs;
4944 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4945 return lhs;
4946 }
4947 }
4948 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4949 }
4950 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4951 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4952 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4953 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4954 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4955 return lhs;
4956 }
4957 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4958 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4959 return getComplexType(lhs);
4960 }
4961 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4962 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4963 return rhs;
4964 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004965 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004966 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4967 return getComplexType(rhs);
4968 }
4969 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4970 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4971 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4972 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4973 return lhs;
4974 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4975 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4976 }
4977 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4978 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4979 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4980 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4981
4982 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004983 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004984 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4985 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4986 return rhs;
4987 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4988 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4989 return lhs;
4990 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4991 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4992 return rhs;
4993 }
4994 }
4995 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4996 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4997 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4998 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4999 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
5000 QualType destType;
5001 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5002 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5003 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5004 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5005 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5006 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5007 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5008 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5009 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5010 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5011 // use the signed type.
5012 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5013 } else {
5014 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5015 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5016 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5017 // to the signed type.
5018 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5019 }
5020 return destType;
5021}